‫‪power.mem.

ir‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬

‫ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫‪DIgSILENT‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪er‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫اردﯾﺒﻬﺸﺖ ‪1386‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪DIgSILENT‬‬

‫‪ -۱‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ Full version‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ Demo version‬ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻧﺼﺐ ‪License server‬‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﻧﺼﺐ ‪ Data base‬ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ )‪ (١‬ﻭ )‪ (٢‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ )‪ (١‬ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ )‪ (٢‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺳﺌﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺁﻧﺘﻲ ﻭﻳﺮﻭﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫‪em‬‬ ‫‪ USB‬ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪ -۱-۱‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﻭﻝ‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ‪ Setup‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺒﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ‪English‬‬

‫‪w‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Full version‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬

‫‪po‬‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﺘﻲ ﻭﻳﺮﻭﺳﻬﺎ‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪ Serial number‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ‪ Serial number‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻜﺮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ‪ License‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺧﻄﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﺌﻮﺍﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪---------‬؟‪--------‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪DIgSILENT‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ‪ License server‬ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣــﻠﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ )‪ (٢‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ‬

‫‪ ،Full version‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Instal License server‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ‪ DIgSILENT‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ Desktop‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪﻛﻪ ‪ User Name‬ﻭ ‪ PassWord‬ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪User‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ‪ Administrator ،User‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮﻩ ‪ Long‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪،name‬‬

‫‪ Administrator‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ PassWord‬ﺑﺎﺯﻫﻢ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ‪ Administrator‬ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ‬

‫ﺩﺭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ‪ Ok‬ﺭﺍ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪ -۲-۱‬ﻧﺼﺐ ‪ Data base‬ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ‪ Data base‬ﺑﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺳﺌﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ‪ Data base‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ ؟ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺄﺋﻴﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺪﮐﯽ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ‪ New Data Manager‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﭼﭗ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )‪ (/Administrator/Data base‬ﻭﺳﭙﺲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪Uaer‬‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫‪ ،Manager‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Edit‬ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Add User...‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ User‬ﺟـﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿــــﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪User‬ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ‪ Add User‬ﺭﺍ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -۲‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ File‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﻮ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Open New Data Manager‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪DIgSILENT‬‬

‫‪ -۳-۱‬ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ‬

‫‪ License server‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪ DIgSILENT‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ ،Log on‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ‪ Administrator‬ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ‬

‫‪ License‬ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ License key‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺳﻮﻡ )‪ In network (File based Comminucation‬ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ‪ Serial Number‬ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﺋﻴﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬

‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ License server‬ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ‪ Working Directory‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ § ﺭﺍ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ‪ ،License server‬ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ‪ Run‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪ Password‬ﻣﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪em‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ‪Administrator‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ‪ Administrator‬ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎ‬ ‫§‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫§‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫§‬

‫‪ -۴-۱‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻳﻚ "‪ "Project‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﻚ "‪ "Project‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -۱‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ New‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (۱-۱‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ New‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪DIgSILENT‬‬

‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ "‪ "Project‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻣﻲ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻄﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ "‪ "Execute‬ﺭﺍ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ : (۱-۱‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ "‪"New‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫‪ -۲‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ "‪ "Grid‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (۲-۱‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺁﺷﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ "‪ "Grid‬ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ "‪ "Ok‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ : (۲-۱‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ "‪"Grid‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪DIgSILENT‬‬

‫‪ -۳‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺻﻔﺤﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (۳-۱‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺷﮑﻞ )‪ :(۳-۱‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ ‪DigSILENT‬‬

‫‪w‬‬
‫‪po‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪DIgSILENT‬‬

‫‪ -۲‬ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‪DIgSILENT‬‬

‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ‪ License server‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ‪ DIgSILENT‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ‪ Desktop‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪ User Name‬ﻭ‬

‫‪ PassWord‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (١-٢‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﮑﻞ)‪ :(۱-۲‬ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪er‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ :‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ )‪ (DIgSILENT Power Factory‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﻮ ‪ :‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺻﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬

‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪DIgSILENT‬‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ‪ :‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﻮ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻭ ‪ ...‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٦‬ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ :‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ‪ , New Data Manager‬ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﺳﺖﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ‪Activate‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﮑﻞ)‪ (۲-۲‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪,‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﮑﻨﻬﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫‪em‬‬ ‫)‪ (۲-٢‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‬
‫‪er‬‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺏ( ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬

‫‪po‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻳﻚ "‪ "Project‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪DIgSILENT‬‬

‫ﺷﮑﻞ )‪ :(۲-۲‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ‪DigSILENT‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺁﻳﮑﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪w‬‬

‫‪New Data Manager‬‬

‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻳﻚ ‪ Data Manager‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (۳-٢‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺍﺯﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻚ ‪ Data Manager‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ‪ Data base‬ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ‪ Administrator‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﻢ ﺩﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ‪ DIgSILENT‬ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻳﻚ ‪ Data base‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻡ ‪ Data base‬ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪:‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪DIgSILENT‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ : (۳-٢‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﻚ "‪"Data Manager‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬

‫‪ -۱‬ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ‪ : Library‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ ﻭ ‪ ...‬ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺪﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ‪ IEC‬ﻭ ‪..‬‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﻟﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -۲‬ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ‪ : System‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻌﻼ" ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -۳‬ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪ :‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺽ ‪Administrator, Demo‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Administrator‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ "‪ "Project‬ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬

‫ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺮ "‪ "Project‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪:‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪DIgSILENT‬‬

‫‪ : Grid-۱‬ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻫﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ‪ Grid‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ : Studycase -۲‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ‪ Studycase‬ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ : Library -۳‬ﻫﺮ "‪ "Project‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ )‪(Type‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺗﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ : Changed Setting -۴‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ "‪ "Project‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﻚ ‪ Data Manager‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ‪Data base‬‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﺋﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ "‪ "Project‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ‬

‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ Copy & Paste‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪.m‬‬

‫‪Edit Relevant Objects For Calculation‬‬

‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ "‪ "Project‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺁﺗﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫‪Date/Time Of Calculation Case‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Edit Trigger‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ‬

‫ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪Data/Time Of‬‬

‫‪ Calculation Case‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪DIgSILENT‬‬

‫‪Calculat Load - Flow‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺁﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪Calculat Optimal - Power Flow‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪Calculat Short Circuit‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺧﻄﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫‪Edit Short Circuit‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﺯﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺱ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ‪ ...‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ "‪ "Mutliple Faults‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫‪Execute DPL Skripts‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ ﺑﺎ ‪ ١DPL‬ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻳﻢ‪ DPL .‬ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪ DigSILENT‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ‪ DPL‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ‪ Library‬ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ‪ DPL‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪DIgSILENT Program ing Language‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪DIgSILENT‬‬

‫‪Output Calculation Analysis‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ‬

‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪ ,‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺁﺗﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Documentation Of Device Data‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬

‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪em‬‬ ‫‪Comparing Of Results On/Off‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺁﺭﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺭﺍﻳﺶ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺩﻭ ﻳﺎ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪er‬‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫‪Edit Comparing Of Results‬‬

‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻩ‬

‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪Update Data base‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪DIgSILENT‬‬

‫‪Break‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪Reset Calculation‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪Reset‬‬

‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪User Setting‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪em‬‬ ‫‪Maximize Graphic Window‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫‪Maximize Output Window‬‬

‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫‪Select Tool Bar‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،٢‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،٣‬ﻫﺎﺭﻣﻮﻧﻴﻜﻲ‪،٤‬‬

‫ﺟﺎﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺧﺎﺯﻥ‪ ٥‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‪ ٦‬ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻳﻚ "‪ "Project‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮔﺸﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪Stability‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪Reliability‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪Harmonics‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪Optimal Capacitor Placement‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪Data Age Uisition‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪DIgSILENT‬‬

‫ﺝ( ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺳﺮﻭﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ( ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ)‪( Drawing Tool Bar‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺪﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺱ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺁﺗﻲ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪em‬‬ ‫ﻩ(ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ)‪(Output Window‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫‪po‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -۳‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪ DIgSILENT‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ‪,‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻭ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻫﺮ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪ -۱-۳‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (١-٣‬ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪er‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ : (١-٣‬ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪DIgSILENT‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺭﺳﻢ ﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﯼ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻧﻤﻲ‬

‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ‪ Busbar‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ‪،‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ‪ Busbar‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻣﻮﺱ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬

‫ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺎ‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Scape‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ‪ ...‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬

‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﻲ‬

‫ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺝ( ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﯼ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬

‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﮊﻧﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺯﻥ‬

‫ﻭﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﻛﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ‪ ...‬ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﻄﺮﻧﺠﻲ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺷﻄﺮﻧﺠﻲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬

‫ﺳﻴﺎﻫﺮﻧﮓ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪) Cut‬ﻳﺎ ‪ (Copy‬ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ‪) Cut‬ﻳﺎ ‪ (Copy‬ﻋﻤﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪) Ctrl+X‬ﻳﺎ ‪ (Ctrl+C‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (٣-٣‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ‬

‫ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺮ‬

‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ "‪ "Delete Element‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺁﻥ‪ ,‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫"‪ "Delete‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺳﺌﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪er‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ :(٣-٣‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (٣-٣‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ "‪"Delete Graphical Object Only‬‬

‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (٣-٣‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪:‬‬

‫"‪ : "Rotare‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫"‪ : "Reconnect Graphicaly‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫"‪ : "Disconnect Element‬ﺍﺯﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﯽ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ,‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ "‪ "Connect Element‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫"‪ : " Reconnect Element‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫‪em‬‬ ‫ﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫"‪ : "Flip At Busbar‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪er‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫‪po‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -۲-۳‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻫﺮ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (٤-٣‬ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﻔﺖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﺱﺑﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻋﺪﺩ‬

‫ﮊﻧﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﭽﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻌﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﻪﺍﻱ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪er‬‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (٤-٣‬ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫‪po‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﺐ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (٥-٣‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﮊﻧﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫ﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪er‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ :(٥-٣‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Edit‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﮊﻧﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ‬

‫ﺗﺐ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (٥-٣‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﺐ ﺍﻭﻝ "‪ "BasicData‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ" ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ "‪ "Type‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺐ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ‪ EMT Simulation ،Rms Simulation ،Load Flow‬ﻭ‪...‬‬

‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺐ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺒﻬﺎﻱ‬

‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺒﻬﺎ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻳﻚ ‪ Type‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ‪ DIgSILENT‬ﻣﺼــﺪﺍﻕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ )‪ (Type‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻙ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ‪ 400KV‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﻟﻮ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ‪ 230KV‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﮒ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻛﺘﺎﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬

‫ﮔﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ‪ 400KV‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺩﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ‪ Type‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺐ "‪ "Basic Data‬ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬

‫‪ Type‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻛﺮﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (٦-٣‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲ‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ :(٦-٣‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻛﺮﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ Type‬ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ‪ Type‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺩﺍﺷﺖ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ(ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ "‪: "Select Global Type‬‬

‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ‪ Library‬ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪ Data Base‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬

‫)‪ (Type‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ‬

‫"‪ "Select Global Type‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ‪ Edit‬ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ‪ Type‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ(ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ "‪: "New Project Type‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ‪ Type‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ‪ Library‬ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ‪ Type‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ "‪ "New Project Type‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻣﻲ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﺐ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺗﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪ Type‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ‪ Type‬ﻭ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺁﺑﻲ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬
‫‪em‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ Type‬ﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ‪ Library‬ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ‪ Data Manager‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺝ( ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ"‪: "Select Project Type‬‬

‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ‪ Type‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻼ" ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﻚ "‪ "New Project Type‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ‪ Type‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ " ‪Select Project‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫‪ "Type‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ‪ Type‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ‪ Library‬ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ‪ Type‬ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪ Type‬ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ‪ Type‬ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﻟﻮﮊﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ‬

‫ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻭ ‪ ...‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪Type‬‬

‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺐ ‪ Basic Data‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻨﺠﻤﻠﻪ‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (٤-٣‬ﻣﻲ‬

‫ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ؛ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ‪ Type‬ﺍﺯ ‪ Library‬ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭ ‪Global‬‬

‫‪ Type‬ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﻢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ‪ Type‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ‪ Type‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ New Project Type‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻣﻲ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ" ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻓﻌﻼ" ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻌﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -۱‬ﮊﻧﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ New Project Type‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Type‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺐ ‪ ، Basic Data‬ﻭ ‪ OK‬ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ‪ Type‬ﮊﻧﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺁﻥ ‪ 6KV‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺎﻣﯽ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﯼ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ ۱‬ﻣﮕﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺁﻣﭙﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫‪ -۲‬ﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻧﺰﺭﺍﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ‪ 6KV‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ‪ OK‬ﺭﺍﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -۳‬ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﭽﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ‪ New Project Type‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ‪ 6KV‬ﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬

‫‪ 230KV‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ‪ Type‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Edit‬ﺭﺍ ‪ Ok‬ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻ" ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺳﻴﻢﭘﻴﭻ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻗﻮﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺲ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ "‪ "Flip Connection‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬

‫‪ Edit‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻢﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻢﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻦ ﮊﻧﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻢﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Edir‬ﺭﺍ‬

‫‪ Ok‬ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -۴‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ‪ 230KV‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬

‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪﺟﺰ ﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ‪ 230KV ،‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪ -۵‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ New Project Type‬ﺯﻳﺮﺷﺎﺧﻪ ‪ Line Type‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ‪ 230KV‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﻂ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺐ ‪ Basic Data‬ﻭ ﺩﺭﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Cable/OHL‬ﺍﺯﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ Cable‬ﺑﻪ ‪Over head line‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Type ، Select Project Type‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫‪ Type‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪po‬‬

‫‪ -۶‬ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﭽﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬

‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ‪ 230KV‬ﻭ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬

‫‪ 63KV‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -۷‬ﺷﻴﻦ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬

‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ‪ 63KV‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -۸‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ‪ 230KV‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ New Project Type‬ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬

‫‪ General Load Type‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﯼ‪ ،‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ‪ OK‬ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺐ ‪ Load Flow‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ‬

‫‪ Edit‬ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Total Active Power Load‬ﻭ ‪Total Reactive Power Load‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﮐﺘﻴﻮ ﺭﺍ ‪ ۵‬ﻣﮕﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﮐﺘﻴﻮ ﺭﺍ ‪ ۰/۵‬ﻣﮕﺎﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ‪ 63KV‬ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ‪ Type‬ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻛﺘﻴﻮ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻛﺘﻴﻮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺭﺍ ‪۲‬ﻣﮕﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭ ‪ ۰/۲‬ﻣﮕﺎﻭﺍﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﮊﻧﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ‪Slack‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺐ ‪ Load Flow‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Edit‬ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﮊﻧﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ‪Refrence‬‬

‫‪ Machine‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﻴﻚ ﺯﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Mode Of Local Voltage Controler‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Voltage‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮊﻧﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻧﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ‪ Slack‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ‪ OK‬ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺗﺄﺋﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪er‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫‪po‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪ -۴‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﯼ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﻮ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Calculation‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ‪ Load Flow‬ﺭﺍ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫) ‪ ( Calculation Load Flow‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻓﻮﻕ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ Load Flow Calculation‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﺐ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﺁﺷﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Execute‬ﺭﺍ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ)‪ ،(Output Window‬ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ‬

‫ﻫﻤﮕﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻱ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ‪ No Convergency In Load Flow‬ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻫﻤﮕﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫) ‪( Output Calclatio Analysis‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ‬

‫‪ Output Of Results‬ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Load Flow/Simulation‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Complete System Report‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ Kind Of Report‬ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ‪ All‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Execute‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Marimize‬‬ ‫‪Output‬‬ ‫‪Window‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﺑﺞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﭘﭙﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Save Output File‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Save‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ‬

‫ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺟﻤﻼﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ‪ Save‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪Word pad‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪er‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫‪po‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻼﺱ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪DIgSILENT‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ‪ DIgSILENT‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬

‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﺮ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ )ﮊﻧﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺱ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻭ‪ (...‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ‪ Type‬ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﻚ‬

‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ‪ DPL‬ﻭ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻳﻚ ﮊﻧﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ ‪ Elm sym‬ﻭ ‪ Type‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ ‪Typesym‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ‪ DIgSILENT‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ "‪ "Class‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺮ ‪ Class‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺑﻮﺩ ‪:‬‬

‫‪em‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪Class‬‬

‫ﺏ( ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪Class‬‬

‫‪.m‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻳﻚ ‪: Class‬‬

‫‪er‬‬

‫‪ : Type‬ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ Type‬ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬

‫‪w‬‬

‫‪ : Elm‬ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫‪ : Blk‬ﻳﻚ ‪ Block Diagram‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ‬

‫‪ : Com‬ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ‬

‫‪ : Evt‬ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬

‫‪ : Int‬ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬

‫‪ : Set‬ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬

‫‪ : Sta‬ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ‪...‬‬

‫‪ : Tpi‬ﻳﻚ ؟؟؟؟؟ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ : Vis‬ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ‪ Visual‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪29‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻳﻚ ‪: Class‬‬

‫‪ : Tr2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﭽﻪ‬

‫‪ : Sym‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ‬

‫‪ : Asm‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺁﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ‬

‫‪ : Bar‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﺭ‬

‫‪ : Ldf‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ‬

‫‪ : Shc‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ‪: Class‬‬
‫‪em‬‬ ‫‪ : Elm Tr2‬ﻣﺪﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﭽﻪ‬

‫‪ : Type Tr2‬ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺲ ‪ Type‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﭽﻪ‬

‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪ : Type Asm‬ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺲ ‪ Type‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺁﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ‬

‫‪ : Sta Bar‬ﻣﺪﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺴﺖ‬

‫‪er‬‬

‫‪ : Com Ldf‬ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ‬

‫‪w‬‬

‫‪ : Com Shc‬ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬

‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ‪ Data Base‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪: Mazandaran. Elm sym‬‬

‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﮊﻧﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ‪ Mazandaran‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪: Mink. Type Line‬‬

‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺲ ‪ Type‬ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ‪ Mink‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ "‪ "Edit Relevant Object For Calculation‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ‪ Study Case‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺩﺍﺩ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ‪ Object‬ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ All‬ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ( ﺑﻪ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ‪ Class‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ‬

‫‪ Elmlne‬ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ‪Class‬ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ‪ Study Case‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫‪ Study Case‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ‪ Class‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪ Excel‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ‪ Object Filter‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪ Excel‬ﺁﺷﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﺠﻤﻠﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫‪ Sort‬ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪w‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ‪ Copy & Past‬ﺳﻠﻮﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ‪...‬‬

‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (۱‬ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Object Filter‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﯽ ﺍﺯ ‪ Class‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ‪ Elmlod‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ :(۱‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Object Filter‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ‪Elmlod‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪31‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Object Filter‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺗﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬

‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ‪Load‬‬

‫‪ Rms -Simulation ،flow‬ﻭ ‪..‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ‪ Class‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ : Delet Object‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫‪ : Edit Object‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ Edit‬ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻌﻼ"‬

‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ )‪ (Out of Servise‬ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺸﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ : Detail Mode‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ Basic Data‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ)ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ ٦‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬

‫ﺷﺪ(‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ‪ Rms-Simulation ،Load flow‬ﻭ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﺐ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﻻ" ﺗﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ" ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻭ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻛﺘﻴﻮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻛﺘﻴﻮ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺏ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻛﻢ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ‪ Save‬ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ‪ Paste‬ﺷﺪﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ : Detailmode Class Select‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪Edit Relevat‬‬

‫ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ All‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ‪ Detailmode‬ﻳﻚ ‪ Class‬ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ‪ Class‬ﺑﻪ ‪ Class‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ‬

‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ : Define Flexible Data‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ‪ Detailmode‬ﺗﺐ ‪ Flexible Data‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﺗﺐ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Define Felenible Data‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬

‫‪em‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Define Felenible Data‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ felenible page selector‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﺐ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺐ ‪ flexible Data‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺒﻬﺎﻱ‬

‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺗﺐ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﺐ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﭘﺸﻦ ‪ Variables‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ New‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫‪ Veriableset‬ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﺐ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ" ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺗﺒﻲ‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‪ b‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ Available Variables‬ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ‪ DIgSILENT‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ‪Veriableset‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻨﺴﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ‪Veriableset‬ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﭘﺸﻦ ‪ Veriableset‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪Filter for‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪Available Variables‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ i‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ‪ Available Variables‬ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ‪ Selected Variables‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Veriableset‬ﺭﺍ ‪ Ok‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺐ‬

‫‪ Felenible Data‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ : Refresh‬ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ‪ Object filter‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪for Edit Relevant Object‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪Calculation‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ‪ All‬ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Detailmode Class Select‬ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Class‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ ٩‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ‪ Class‬ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﺧﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Refresh‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﻈﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪ : Find...‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮔﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ‪ General Filter‬ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ DIgSILENT‬ﻭﻇﺒﻔﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Find‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪ Word‬ﺑﺮﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺪﺍ‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ‪ Class‬ﺧﺎﺹ ﺩﺭ ‪ Study Case‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﭘﺸﻦ ‪ Object Filter‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﭘﺸﻦ ‪ Object Filter‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ‪ ،i‬ﺍﺯ ‪ Class‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬

‫ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ‪ Ok‬ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺛﺮ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ ٨‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪Refresh‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Object Filter‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Apply‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ : Font for all Data manager‬ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮔﻲ ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ‪ Font‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Data manager‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪ Font‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪Font‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Data manager‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪34‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ : Export Data ...‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ ‪ dt‬ﻛﻪ ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬

‫‪ DIgSILENT‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ‬

‫ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ‬

‫‪ Object Filter‬ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ‪ File‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻭ ‪ Close Project‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ‪ Export‬ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻫﺎ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ‪ Object filter‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪em‬‬ ‫‪ Freeze -٣‬ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﺱ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻣﺪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎ" ‪ Freeze‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ i‬ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺘﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺭﺍﻳﺶ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﺭ ‪ DIgSILENT‬ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ‪ Auto Cad‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ‪ i‬ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ‪ Show Layer‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Graphic Layers‬ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺗﺐ ‪ Visibility‬ﻭ ‪ Configuration‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺐ ‪ Visibility‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻻﻳﻪ‬

‫ﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﭘﻨﻬﺎﻥ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ ؟ ﮔﻮﻳﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺳﻤﺒﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪Base‬‬

‫‪ Level‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻨﻬﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪ Base Level‬ﺑﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Shift to Layer‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﺐ ‪ Configuration‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ point‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Setting‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Target‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪em‬‬‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ‪ Setting‬ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ‪ .bachground‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﭽﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ‪Layer‬‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﺐ ‪ Configuration‬ﺁﭘﺸﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ‪ bachground file‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﭘﺸﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ Wmf‬ﻳﺎ ‪ bmp‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ dxf‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ‪ import‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪ bachground‬ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ‪ Visible‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﻛﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪36‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -٥‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪ Font‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ i Show larger‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-١‬‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﺐ ‪ Configuration‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Object Names ،Larger‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-٢‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ ،Target‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-٣‬‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Chenge font ،Setting‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-٤‬‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-٥‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-٦‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ‪ User‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ‪ User‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ‪ run‬ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪ DIgSILENT‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Log on‬ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺍﭘﺸﻦ ‪ Name‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Administrator‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻛﭙﻲ ﻭ ‪ Paste‬ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‪Name‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Password‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪ Ok‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ‪ New Data manager‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ‪Data ،‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫‪ manager‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ‪ Administrator‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ‪ ،User manager‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ User manager‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮔﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‪ edit‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Add User‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ User‬ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ‪ User‬ﻭ ‪ Password‬ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻳﻚ ‪ User‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٧‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ )‪ (long on‬ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﮔﺬﺭ ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺭﻭﺍﮊﻩ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪ Password‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ‪ DIgSILENT‬ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪،‬‬

‫ﻗﺪﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪37‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ‪ Option‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ User setting‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ؟‬

‫‪ User setting‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ User setting‬ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ User setting‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Directories‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪ Log on setting‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ Log on‬ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ Log on‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Advanced‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪Log on Automaticlly‬‬

‫ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻴﻚ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪Ok‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﺒﻨﺪﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ‪ Password‬ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪ Log on Automaticlly‬ﺭﺍ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫‪em‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪ Type‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ" ﻫﻢ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮔﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﭘﺸﻦ ‪ Type‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪ Type‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ‪ Type‬ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ‪ Type‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪ Type‬ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﭘﺸﻦ ‪ ،Type‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ New Project Type‬ﺭﺍﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬

‫ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﻝ ‪ Type‬ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﭘﺸﻦ‬

‫‪ Type‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Select Project Type‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ‪Type‬ﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻱ ‪ Type‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪38‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -٩‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ‬

‫ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ‪ Mark All Elements‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬

‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Zoon all, Zoon Back, Zoon in -١٠‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ‪ Zoon in‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ‪،‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Zoon Back‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬

‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Zoon all‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪ -١١‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ )‪ Freeze ،Grid‬ﻭ ‪( ...‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ‪ Graphic Option‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Graphic Option‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Drawing tools‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ‪ Snap‬ﻭ ‪ Grid‬ﻭ ‪ Freeze‬ﻭ ‪Ortho‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫‪ type‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ‪ Grid‬ﺗﻴﻚ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻳﻲ ﺗﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﻏﻴﺮﺍﻳﻨﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Ortho type‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ‪ Ortho‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ‬

‫ﻛﺞ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ‪ Ortho Off‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﺞ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ ،Freeze‬ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺍﻳﺶ‬

‫ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻡ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪39‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺫﻛﺮﺍﺳﺖ‪ Snap ،‬ﻭ ‪ Grid‬ﻭ ‪ Freeze‬ﻭ ‪ Ortho‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ‬

‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٢‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ‪ Freeze mod‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﻳﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Edit Format For Edge Element‬ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Predefind Variables‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Ok‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺮﻳﻢ ‪ Line‬ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﻭﻱ ؟ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫‪em‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﺧﻂ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Digites after decimal point‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻤﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻳﻢ‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪ Unit‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﺎ" ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Ok‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﺮﻳﺰ‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Adapt Width‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ Input Mod‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ User selection‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪Select‬‬

‫‪ variables‬ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Variable set‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪40‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ Zone -١٣‬ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ‪ Zone‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ" ﺍﺯ ‪ Zone‬ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ Zone‬ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫· ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Terminal-Grid‬ﻭ ‪Busbur-Grid‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫· ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ‪ ،‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Basic data‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫· ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Zone‬ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ؟ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ ،Select‬ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪Please select‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪ zone‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫· ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ New Object‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪em‬‬
‫· ﻧﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮓ ‪ Zone‬ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪ Ok‬ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ‪ Zone‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ‪ Zone‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ‪ Zone‬ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫· ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ‪ Zone‬ﺯﻭﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺧﻄﻮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪Zone‬‬ ‫· ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫)‪ ،(Terminali‬ﺷﻴﻦ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ‪ Zone‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬

‫· ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ‪ Zone‬ﺧﻄﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻂ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ‬

‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ )‪ (Line-Grid‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﭘﺸﻦ ‪ Zone‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺧﻂ ﺭﺍﻋﻮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫· ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ‪ Zone‬ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ‪ Color Resonce‬؟ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫· ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ‪ Color Representation Of Graphic‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Coloring‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ‬

‫‪ Zone‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪41‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Coloring‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ‪ ،Low and high voltage‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬

‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ ﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬

‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫¯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ Zone‬ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ?‪ Class ،Edit Relevant Ob..‬ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺯﻧﻮﻉ ‪ Elm Zone‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ‪Zone‬‬

‫ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﺧﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ‪Zone‬ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪Define/Variable‬‬

‫‪ Setting‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪..‬‬

‫‪em‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ‪ Elm Zone‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ‪ All Calculation‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﻡ ‪ Zone‬ﺩﺍﺑﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﺐ ‪ Load flow‬ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻳﻮﻳﺎ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺍﺯ ‪ Zone‬ﻭ ‪ ..‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ‪ DPL‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺗﺐ ‪ Load Flow‬ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪er‬‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫‪ -١٤‬ﭘﺮﻳﻨﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ‬

‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺮﻳﻨﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ‪ Print‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ File‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Print‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪42‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -١٥‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ ‪ WMF‬ﻭ ‪BMP‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺮﻳﻨﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ‪ Point‬؟ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ File‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻁ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Point‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٦‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ‪ Grid‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ‪ Pss-e‬ﻭ‪ ...‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ‪ Import ،DIgSILENT‬ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ‬

‫‪em‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ‪ Data base‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪Draw Exisiting Net Element‬‬

‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪Edit Relevant Object for Calculation‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ‬

‫‪ Drag-drop‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٧‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺠﺰﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﺠﺰﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺲ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪43‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺷﻴﻨﻲ )ﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ( ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻴﻦ )ﻫﺎ( ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲ‬

‫ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪ Copy‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ‪ Pasr Graphicoly‬ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮕﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪ Reset -١٨‬ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ‪ Reset‬ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪em‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Reset Calculation‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ‪Calculation‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ )‪ (Reset Calculation‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪.m‬‬

‫‪ -١٩‬ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Draw Exisiting Net Element‬ﺍﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ Class‬ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬

‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Draw Exisiting Net Element‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ‪ Class‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Delet‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪44‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﻮﺱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺩﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺭﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Dray & Drop‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Draw Exisiting Net Element‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﺌﻮﺍﻝ ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺜﻼ" ﺑﺎﺭ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ" ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻭ‬

‫ﺧﻄﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬

‫‪ -٢٠‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ‪ Demo‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ‪ Demo‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ‪ Demo ،User‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ Demo‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫‪em‬‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ‪ Copy ،Demo‬ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ‪User‬ﺧﻮﺩ ‪ Paste‬ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ‪ Activate‬ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪er‬‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫‪ -٢١‬ﺣﺬﻑ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺻﺮﻓﺎ" ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻥ‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺖ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Delete Graphicaly Object Only‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ‪ Activey‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ١٩‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -٢٢‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺑﺎ ‪ Adiministrator ،User‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‬

‫‪ Data Maneger -٢‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ‪ ،Adiministrator‬ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ‪ User Maneger‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Edit‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ User Maneger‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Add user‬ﺭﺍ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪ -٢٣‬ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ) ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ‪ (...‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫‪ -٦‬ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ‪ Adiministrator‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‬

‫‪em‬‬ ‫‪ Data Maneger -٧‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٨‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ‪ Copy‬ﻛﭙﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪ -٩‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ‪ User‬ﺩﻭﻡ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ‪ Paste‬ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫‪ Export -٢٤‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ‬

‫‪w‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ‪ Digsilent‬ﺑﺎ ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ ‪ DZ‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ Export‬ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ Data Maneger‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Export Data‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ‪ File/ Export/DZ‬ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫¯ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺍﻱ ‪ Activate‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ‪Export‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪46‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -٢٥‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ Type‬ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫‪ Type‬ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ‪ Library‬ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ‪ Type‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ Type‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Select Cocobal Type‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪Select‬‬

‫‪ Project Type‬ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ‪ Type‬ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ‪ Type‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ Type‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ‪ Readonly‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ‪ Edit‬ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﭼﺮﺍﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ Global Library‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺭﺍ ‪ Export‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ‪ Import‬ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ‪ Data Maneger‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ‪ Library‬ﺁﻥ ‪ Type‬ﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ‪ Copy‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ‪ Library‬ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ‪ Paste‬ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ‪ Type‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪Select Project Type‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ‪ Type‬ﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ‪ Edit‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫‪ -٢٦‬ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪Excel‬‬

‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪ DIgSILENT‬ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ‪ Excel‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ‪ Excel‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﺪﻩ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪Copy‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ‬

‫ﻛﭙﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ‪ Wordpad‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ‪ Text‬ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ‬

‫‪ Save‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪ Excel‬ﺭﺍ ‪ Run‬ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ‪ Open‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Open‬ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ‪Text‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Text Import wizard‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪Original‬‬

‫‪ ،data type‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Delimited‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ‪Start import at row‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪47‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪ Next‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Delimiters‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻴﻚ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ‪Space‬‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ‪ Excel‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ‪ Next‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ‪ Finish‬ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ‪ Excel‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ Excel‬ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Edit Relevant Objects For Calculation‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Objects Filter‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Spread sheet format‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ‪Excel‬ﺭﺍﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻣﻜﺎﻧﻤﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Paste‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪em‬‬ ‫‪ Edit -٢٧‬ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ Edit‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ (Open Editor) i‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍ ‪ Edit‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫‪ -٢٨‬ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪Excel‬‬

‫‪w‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫‪ Out Of Servise -٢٩‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫‪ -٣٠‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪System Stage‬‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﻡ‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Rename Page‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪Digsi-‬‬

‫‪ Input Dialog‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪ Ok‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﻡ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ)‪ Remove Page(s‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ)‪Move/Copy Page(s‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪48‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻴﺪﻳﺎﺍﺯﺁﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻛﭙﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ‪ Move or Copy‬ﺑﺎﺯ‬

‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Before Page‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ‬

‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Create a Copy‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﻴﻚ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻛﭙﻲ ﺍﺯﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣١‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻂ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻂ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺧﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪Short-Circuit Event ،Define‬ﺭﺍﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Simulation Events‬ﺑﺎﺯ‬

‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Edit‬ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪Short-‬‬

‫‪ Circuit Event‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Execution time‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺭﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Object‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Select‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Please select sta Bar‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ؛‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﻱ ‪ System Stage‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻭ ‪Bus‬ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺳﻤﺖ‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪ Ok‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫‪ Short-Circuit Event‬ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻛﺘﺎﻧﺲ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪Ok‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻂ ﻭ ‪ ...‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ‪Edit Simulation‬‬

‫‪ Event‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ‪ ...‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Simulation Event‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ‬

‫‪ New Object‬ﺭﺍﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Element Selection‬ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻩ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Element‬ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ‪ Short-Circuit Event‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬

‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪49‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺫﻛﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Short-Circuit Event‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺐ ‪ Fault Type‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬

‫)ﺳﻪ ﻓﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻓﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭ ﻓﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ‪ (...‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣٢‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Clculation-Short-Circuit‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ ،i‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪:‬‬

‫§ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ i‬ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫‪em‬‬
‫§ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Clculation-Short-Circuit‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (١٩‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫§ ﻓﻴﻠﺪ ‪ Method‬ﻳﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫§ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻓﻴﻠﺪ ‪ ،Fault Type‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪po‬‬

‫§ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﭘﺸﻦ ‪Fault‬‬

‫‪ Location‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ All Busbar and Terminals‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫§ ﺩﺭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Excute‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﻔﺸﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﻟﺰ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ ‪:‬‬

‫§ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﻭ ﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ‬

‫§ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ Clculation-Multiple Fault...‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫§ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻠﺪ ‪ Method‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫§ ‪ Multiple Fault‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Execute‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻔﺸﺎﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ؟؟؟؟؟ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣٣‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ New Characteristic‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Discrete Time‬‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﺯﺯﻳﺮﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬

‫‪Charcteristic‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬

‫ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ؟ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ )ﻣﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ‪ (...‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ Edit‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫‪ -٣٤‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ Activity‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ٣٣‬ﺩﻳﺪﻳﻢ؛ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Data/Time Of Calculation Case‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬

‫ﻭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ i‬ﻭ ‪ i‬ﺭﺍ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪51‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -٣٥‬ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ؟ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺷﻲ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻠﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ‬

‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﺯﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ‪ Out Put Calculation Annalysis‬ﺍﺯﻧﻮﺍﺭﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ?‪ Out Put Of Re‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ‪ Load flow/ Simulation‬ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Out Put of Results‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ‪Short‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪ Circuit‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ‪Option‬ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭﻱ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Complete system report‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Execute‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﮔﺰﺍﺵ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‪ Kind of report‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ All‬ﺭﺍﺫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ‪ Voltage profiles ،Substations‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪Voltage Level and‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫‪ area interchenge‬ﺑﺮ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﮔﺮ ﮔﺰﺍﺵ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻚ ﻣﺎﺭﻙ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Use selection‬ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻨﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻚ ﻣﺎﺭﻙ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪52‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -٣٦‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ )‪ (user‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪Password‬‬

‫ﻫﺮ ‪ User‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ‪ Password‬ﻭﻳﺎ ‪ User name‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ‪ Data maneger‬ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬

‫ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Edit‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ‪ Adminestrator‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪ User name‬ﻭ ‪ Password‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬

‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺐ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪ License‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ‬

‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ‪ Stability‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫‪ -٣٧‬ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﻟﻮﮊﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺩﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﻟﻮﮊﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬

‫‪w‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Comparing of result on/off‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪،Base case‬‬

‫ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ Comparing Case‬ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ‪) Base case‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ( ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪53‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -٦‬ﺍﺯﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬

‫‪ Comparing Case‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﻭ ‪ Case‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪Edit‬‬

‫)‪ Comparing of result (t‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣٨‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Insert page‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺮﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Create new page‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ New‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Single line graphic‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪em‬‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ‪ Grid‬ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ‪) .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ‪(Dray & Drop‬‬

‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ New‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ‬

‫‪ Grid‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪er‬‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫‪ -٣٩‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ‪ Study Case‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬

‫‪po‬‬

‫؟؟؟؟؟؟؟؟؟؟؟؟؟؟؟؟؟‬

‫‪ -٤٠‬ﺗﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ‪ System Stage ،Study Case‬ﻭ ‪....‬‬

‫؟؟؟؟؟؟؟؟؟؟؟؟‪/‬‬

‫‪ -٤١‬ﺗﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ‪Gride‬‬

‫؟؟؟؟؟؟؟؟؟؟؟؟؟‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪54‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -٤٢‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ‪ Legend‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪ Legend‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Legend Block on/off‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Legend‬ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪Edit‬‬

‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٤٣‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ‪ Titel‬ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪em‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Output calculation analysis‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Output of results‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Titel‬ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Titel‬ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ؟ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Titel‬ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ‬

‫ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪w‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫‪ -٤٤‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ‪ Paste & Copy‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ‬

‫ﻭ‪ ...‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ؛ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Copy‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ Ctrl+C‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Paste‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ Ctrl+U‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪55‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -٤٥‬ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺝ )‪ (tower‬ﺧﻂ‬

‫؟؟؟؟؟؟؟؟‪/‬‬

‫‪ -٤٦‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﺖ )ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﺻﻔﺮ( ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ‪ Extcrnaal Grid‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Extcrnaal Grid‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﻬﺎﻱ ‪ Basic Data‬ﻭ ‪Load flow‬ﻭ ‪...‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪em‬‬ ‫‪ -٤٧‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍﻛﺘﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺯﻥ ﻭ ‪ ....‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﺎﺯﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﻱ‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ )ﺷﻨﺖ(‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﺎﺯﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ‪ Point Terminal‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺧﻂ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺧﺎﺯﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺷﻨﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ )ﻓﺮﻗﻲ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺷﻨﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺐ ‪ Basic Data‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Shunt Type‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺷﻨﺖ ﻣﻨﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺧﺎﺯﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ؟ ﻣﺪﻝ‬

‫ﺷﻨﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪56‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -٤٨‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Editor‬ﺁﻥ ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Edit relevant object for calculation‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪ -٤٩‬ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ؟ )‪ (Search‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ‪ Findwath‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺪ ﻣﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺩﻣﻨﻪ ‪ Findnext‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Ok‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫‪ -٥٠‬ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬

‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Clear all‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Clear all‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥١‬ﺍﻧﺸﻌﺎﺏ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ )‪(T-Off‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ‪ T-Off‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺬﺑﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ‬

‫ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ‪ Point terminal‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻂ‬

‫ﻣﺬﺑﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ‪ Branch-off-Element‬ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪57‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺸﻌﺎﺏ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ New position‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ interval‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻧﺸﻌﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻧﺸﻌﺎﺏ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ T-Off‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥٢‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Type‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ New project Type‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ‬

‫‪ Complex load‬ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭﺗﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪em‬‬
‫‪ -٥٣‬ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Documation of device data‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Output of device data‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺐ ‪ device data‬ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬

‫ﺩﻳﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫‪Setting‬‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Arailable functions‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬

‫ﺑﻌﻀﺎ" ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؛ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Selection Function‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪Use selection‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻚ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ Use selection‬ﭼﻚ ﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺐ ‪ Filter/Annex‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ‪ Digsilent‬ﻳﻚ ‪ Annex‬ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪58‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -٥٤‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ Sbase‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ‪ Edit‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Project‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Input variables‬ﻭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ؟ ﻛﻪ‬

‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ؟ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥٥‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪ Control Switch‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻂ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪ Fualt‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻂ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ ،Define‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ‪ Short circuit‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Control Switch‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪ Control Sw.‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪em‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﺧﻄﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ‪ Edit Simulation Event‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻭ‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ‪ New Object‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ Simulation Event‬ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﺎ" ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ‬

‫‪ Control Sw.‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﺐ ‪ Element‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Element Selection‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪er‬‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫‪ -٥٦‬ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ؟‬

‫‪po‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ‪ Stability toolbar‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Select toolbar‬ﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Stability‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ ﭼﭗ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪:‬‬

‫‪Calculation Lnitlial condition -١‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬

‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ )‪ RMS‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ (EMT‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Execute‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ؟ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Start simulation -٢‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪59‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ؟ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪Stop simulation -٣‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪Modal Analysis -٤‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ‪ Small signal‬ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬

‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪Set Eigen value -٥‬‬

‫‪em‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻣﻲ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Edit result variables -٦‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪Edit simulation events -٧‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ‪Event ،‬ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ‪ Activity‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫‪ -٥٧‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪Event‬ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ )‪(Simulation Events‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺩﺭﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪Short- ، Define‬‬

‫‪ eireuit event‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪Define‬‬ ‫‪Short-eireuit event‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ،١‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Simulation Events‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻻﺕ‬

‫ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻄﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Absolute time‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ‬

‫ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Edit‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪60‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Exeevtion time‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ‪ Event‬ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩ‬

‫ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺩﺭﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Object‬ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ؟ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ‪ Select‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٦‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ Please select ...‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٧‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ‪ System stage‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ؛ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ‬

‫ﻭ ‪ Bus‬ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٨‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻂ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪ -٩‬ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ‪ Ok‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪-١٠‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪) Event‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻛﺘﺎﻧﺲ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ‪ (...‬ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ‪ Ok‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ‪ Fluat‬ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١١‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ‪ Event‬ﻓﻮﻕ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺬﺑﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻃﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ‪ ١‬ﺗﺎ ‪،١٠‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ؟ ‪ Edit Simulation Events‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺁﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Simulation Events‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ‪ ٣‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٠‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫‪ -١٢‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻂ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﺵ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ١‬ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫‪ ،١٠‬ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ‪Simulation Events‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ؟ ‪Edit Simulation‬‬

‫‪po‬‬

‫‪ Events‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ‪New Object‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Element selection‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬

‫‪ Short-eireuit event ،Element‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻓﺸﺎﺭﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪ Ok‬ﺧﻂ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻂ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ‪ Short-eireuit event‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻭ‬

‫ﺭﻛﺘﺎﻧﺲ ﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺧﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ٤‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٠‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪61‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -٥٨‬ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ‪Event‬ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪ Event‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Simulation Events‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ‪Out of‬‬

‫‪ service‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ‪ Event‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﭼﻚ ﻣﺎﺭﻙ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥٩‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ‪Event‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ‪ Event‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Simulation Events‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ‪ ،Object‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ‬

‫ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Select Element‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯﭘﻮﺷﻪ ‪ Grid‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ Save‬ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ‪ Event‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﻠﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ‪ Ctrl+C‬ﻛﭙﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻠﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ Past ،Ctrl+V‬ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ‪Save‬‬
‫‪em‬‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪ -٦٠‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ‪Event‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ‪ Event‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺐ ‪ Basic Data‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ )‪ (tso‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫‪ Available -٦١‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺧﻂ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻂ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻂ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ Available ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺧﻄﺎ ﻭ ‪ Event‬ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪RMS‬‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ Available‬ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﻂ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺐ‬

‫‪ Simulation‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ ،EMT Simulation‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Short circuit at line‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪62‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪Available‬ﭼﻚ ﻣﺎﺭﻙ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ‪ Short circuit at line‬ﻣﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﺧﻂ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Edit relavant‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ‪ Class‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ‬

‫)‪ (ELM Lin‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺐ ‪ RMS Simulation‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ ،EMT Simulation‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ‬

‫‪ Available‬ﭼﻚ ﻣﺎﺭﻙ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ‪ Short circuit at line‬ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٦٢‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ‪ Edit Result Variables‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Result‬ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ‪ New Object‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Variable Set‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺐ ‪ Basic data‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬

‫‪ Object‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ؟ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Select‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪ Please Select Object‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ‬

‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪ Ok‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ ،Variable‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Available Variable‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ؟ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Select Variables‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﻤﻨﺎ" ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ‪Display Values during simulation in output window see simulation‬‬

‫‪ command‬ﺭﺍ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ" ﺗﻴﻚ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪ Ok‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Result‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ‬

‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Edit‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Variable Set‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪63‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪ Ok‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Result‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺭﺍﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٦٣‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ‪Variable Set‬‬

‫ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ‪ Variable Set‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Result‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ‪ Rest calculation‬ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Result‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ Detail mode‬ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ؟ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺯﺳﺘﻮﻥ ‪ Compelete list of selected variable‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ‪ Variable Set‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻮﻝ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫‪ Copy‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺳﻠﻮﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ‪Variable Set‬ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﻮﻝ ﺭﺍ ‪ Paste‬ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ‪Variable Set‬ﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬

‫‪ -٦٤‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ‪ Initial Condition‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ‪ Initial condition‬ﺑﺮ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ؟ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﺗﺐ ‪ Basic data‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ) ‪ MS‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ ( EMT‬ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺐ ‪ Step Sizes‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﺭﻳﺘﻢ‬

‫ﺗﻚ ﺭﻧﺞ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﻧﺠﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﺭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻚ ﺭﻧﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ؛‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﺭﻳﺘﻢ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺭﻧﺞ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﺐ ‪ Advanced‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Execute‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪64‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺷﺒﻴﻪ‬ ‫‪ -٦٥‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ Lnitlial condition‬ﺩﺭﺗﺐ ‪ Basic data‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ‬

‫‪ Load flow‬ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ؟ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Close‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪ -٦٦‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫‪em‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ‪ Start Simulation‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Execute‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪ -٦٧‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ‪TexT‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Edit result variable Set‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Run Simulation‬ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ‪Disply result‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫‪ variable in? window‬ﭼﻚ ﻣﺎﺭﻙ ﻣﻲ ﺯﻧﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻠﻪ‬

‫ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٦٨‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﻚ ‪ Virtual Instrument‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ‪ Virtual Instrument‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪65‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ‬

‫‪ Insert Page‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ‬

‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ ،Create New Page‬ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪New-‬‬

‫‪ Documentation‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Name‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺐ ‪ New‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﻥ ‪ Grid‬ﻳﺎ ‪ Virtual Instrument‬ﻳﺎ ‪ Single Line Graphic‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪...‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪ Execute‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Virtual Instrument‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺳﻔﻴﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ" ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪Create VI.‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺷﻄﺮﻧﺠﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪،‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ )‪ Append New VI(s‬؟ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪VIs‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫‪ Append New‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ )‪ ،Number Of VI(s‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪ ،Ok‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ Arrange Subplots On Lop Of Each Other‬؟ ﻳﺎ ‪Arrange‬‬

‫‪ Subplots Automatically‬؟ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Subplots‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺐ‬

‫‪ Y-Axis‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ )ﺩﺭﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪Auto ،Log ،Limits‬‬

‫‪ scale‬ﻭ ‪ .(...‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Curves‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫· ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Result File Elmres‬ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Please Select Result‬ﺑﺎﺯ‬

‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ All Calculation‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪66‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫· ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Element‬ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Please Select Object‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫· ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ ،Variable‬ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Result File‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬

‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫· ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Color‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫· ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪ Ok‬ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Calculation Initial‬‬ ‫· ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﻜﻦ‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫‪ Conditions‬؟ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪،Calculation Of Initial Conditions‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Exealte‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ‪ Start Simulation‬؟ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Run Simulation‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪ Ok‬ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ"‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫‪Scale Y-Axes‬‬ ‫‪ Scale X-Axes Automatically‬؟ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫‪ Automatically‬؟ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٦٩‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ‪Virtual Instrument‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ‪ Virtual Instrument‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ‬

‫‪ Insert page‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺌﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Create New Page‬ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪67‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ New-Documentation‬ﻳﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Name‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺗﺐ ‪ New‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﻥ )‪ Virtual Instrument‬ﻳﺎ ‪ Grid‬ﻳﺎ ‪Single Line‬‬

‫‪ Graphic‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ ( ...‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪ Execute‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪Virtual Instrument‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺳﻔﻴﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ" ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬

‫ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Create VI‬ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Subplot‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫ﺷﻄﺮﻧﺠﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ‬

‫‪ Append New VI‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Append VI‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫)‪ Number of VI(s‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‪ OK‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ Arrange Subplots On Top Of Each Other‬ﻳﺎ ‪Arrange Subplots‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫‪ Automatically‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Subplot‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺐ ‪Y-‬‬

‫‪ Axis‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ ).‬ﺩﺭﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪Aute ،Log ،Limits‬‬

‫‪Scale‬ﻭ‪ .(...‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Curves‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪Please Select Result‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Result File Elmres‬ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ All Calculation‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Element‬ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Please Select Object‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪68‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪،Variable‬ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Result File‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Color‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‪Ok‬ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ‪ Calculate Initial Conditions‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬

‫ﻛﻨﺒﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Calculation of Initial Conditions‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ‬

‫‪Run‬‬ ‫‪ Execulat‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ‪ Start Simulation‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪ Simulation‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪Ok‬‬

‫ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ" ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ Scale X-Axes Automatically‬ﻭ ‪Scale Y-Axes Automatically‬‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬

‫‪ -٧٠‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ‪ Scale‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬

‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ؟ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺐ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ Y.Axis‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ‪ X.Axis‬ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ‪ Auto scale‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ Scale ،Online ،On ،Off‬ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ )ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺩﺳﺘﻲ( ﻭ ‪) On‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ(‪) Online ،‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ(‪ ،‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ‪ Scale‬ﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ؟ )‪ (scale X.Axis Automaticaly‬ﻭ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ؟ ) ‪scale Y.Axis‬‬

‫‪ (Automaticaly‬ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ‪ X‬ﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Zoon X. Axis‬؟ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﻚ???? ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪69‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -٧١‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭼﻴﺪﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ؟ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ؟ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ Arrenge sub plot son top of each other‬ﻭ ‪Arrenge sub‬‬

‫‪ plot son top Automaticaly‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻳﻚ ‪ trument‬ﻭ ‪ vivtal‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٧٢‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ )‪ (Subplot‬ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ Curves‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﻭﻝ ؟ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ" ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺳﭙﺲ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪em‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Append nRows‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﻄﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻄﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ‪ Element‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻠﻮﻝ ‪ Variable‬ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Result file‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ‪Ok‬‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻠﻮﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪70‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -٧٣‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ Legend‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻂ ‪ Legend‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ )ﺧﻂ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ( ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ‬

‫‪ Legend Tex‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ User Legend‬ﭼﻚ ﻣﺎﺭﻙ ‪ Ok‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﻂ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Legend Tex‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪ Export -٧٤‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ Subplot‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺪﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Export‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬

‫‪ Export to‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ File name‬ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ‪ Dos‬ﺭﺍﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ؟ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Execute‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫‪ -٧٥‬ﺣﺬﻑ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻡ ‪Tap‬ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫‪w‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺗﺐ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪po‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺬﻑ‪ ،‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Remove pages‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Rename pages‬ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ‪ Data maneger‬ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Show Graphic‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪71‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -٧٦‬ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ‪) Data Manager‬ﻛﻞ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻫﺎ(‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Activate‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Deactive‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٧٧‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺖ )‪ (Restore‬ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺬﻑ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ‪ Recycle Bin‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﻡ‬

‫ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Restore‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫‪ -٧٨‬ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ‪ Data Base‬ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ‪dz‬‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ‪ Data Base‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺎﻣﻪ‪ (DZ) Import‬ﻳﺎ ‪Export‬‬

‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ Export‬ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ ،Data Manager‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Export Data‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﺒﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Save as‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪er‬‬

‫ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ‪ Data Base‬ﻛﻪ‪ Export‬ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪﻭ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪ Export،Data Base‬ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ‪ Import‬ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ‪ Import Data‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪po‬‬

‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Open‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ‪ Import‬ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ" ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٧٩‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ‪DATA BASE‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪ Data Manager‬ﺭﻭﻱ ‪ Gride‬ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ‬

‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬

‫ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ Mark in Graphic‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪72‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -٨٠‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ DPL‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺋﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ‪ DPL‬ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺜﻼ" ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻂ‬

‫ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻫﻜﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﺷﺪﻩ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ‪ Execute DPL Scripts ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ‬

‫‪ Please select program text‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ‪ DPL‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬

‫‪ Ok‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ )‪ (DPL Command‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻟﻮﮒ ‪Value‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻃﻮﻱ ﺧﻂ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪ Execute‬ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ‪ DPL‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪em‬‬
‫‪ -٨١‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ PSS‬ﻭ ‪ VCD‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮊﻧﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ‪SVC‬ﻫﺎ ﻭ‪...‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬

‫‪ -٨٢‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ‪System Stage‬‬

‫‪er‬‬
‫‪w‬‬

‫‪ -٨٣‬ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺩﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ) ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ(‬

‫‪po‬‬

‫‪ -٨٤‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ‪ Import‬ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ‪DIgSILENT‬‬

‫‪ -٨٥‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ‪ Import‬ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ‪PSS/E‬‬

 ‫‪power.mem.ir‬‬
‫‪73‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ -٨٦‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ‪Data Manager‬‬

‫‪ -٨٧‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ‪ Contingery Analysis‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ? ‪ Select‬ﺩﺭﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪ tools‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Prepere N-K simulation‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ‪(Single or‬‬

‫)‪ double contingenery‬ﺭﺍﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬

‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ Execute‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ‪ contingenery analysis‬ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ‬

‫‪.ir‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﺣﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪Execute‬‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪em‬‬
‫‪ -٨٨‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ‪Input Window‬‬
‫‪.m‬‬
‫‪er‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫‪po‬‬